7049 lines
280 KiB
Plaintext
7049 lines
280 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020
|
||
# Antonio Trueba, 2020
|
||
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020
|
||
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020
|
||
# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020
|
||
# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020
|
||
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020
|
||
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2020
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: es\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Códigos de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones diarias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Información general"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Recepciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias internas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Empezando con el escaneo de código de barras en Odoo es bastante fácil. Aún,"
|
||
" una buena experiencia de usuario depende de una configuración adecuada de "
|
||
"las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudara a través de tareas de elección y "
|
||
"configuración del escáner de código de barras. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encuentre el escáner de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los 3 tipos recomendados de escanees de códigos de barras para trabajar con "
|
||
"Odoo módulos **Inventario** y **Escaneo de código de barras** son el "
|
||
"**Escáner USB**, **El escáner por bluetooth** y el **Escáner móvil por "
|
||
"computadora**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tu escaneo de productos esta en la locación de una computadora, el "
|
||
"**escáner USB** es la manera para hacerlo. Simplemente conéctelo en la "
|
||
"computadora para empezar a escanear. Solo asegúrese cuando lo compre que el "
|
||
"escáner es compatible con su distribución del teclado o puede ser "
|
||
"configurado para que lo este."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Diseño del teclado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un escáner USB de código de barras necesita estar configurado para usar la "
|
||
"misma distribución de teclado que su sistema operativo, su escáner no puede"
|
||
" traducir los caracteres correctamente (remplazando una 'A' con una 'Q' por "
|
||
"ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el "
|
||
"código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retorno de carro automático"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por defecto, Odoo tiene unos 50 milisegundos de retraso entre cada escáner "
|
||
"consecutivo (eso ayuda a evitar doble escáneo accidental). Si quiere omitir "
|
||
"este retraso, puede configurar su escaner para insertar un transporte de "
|
||
"regreso al final de cada código de barras. Usualmente esta es la "
|
||
"configuración por defecto y puede ser explicitamente configurada escaneando "
|
||
"un código de barras específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', "
|
||
"'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestión de almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelo una órden de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
|
||
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo le da la posibilidad de cancelar un método de entrega ya sea porque ha "
|
||
"sido validado muy rápido, porque necesita ser modificado o por cualquier "
|
||
"otra razón."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
|
||
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
|
||
"any bad surprise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Algunos transportistas son más flexibles que otros, por lo tanto, asegúrese "
|
||
"de cancelar su órden de entrega lo más rápido posible, si es necesario, para"
|
||
" no tener ninguna mala sorpresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de Venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
|
||
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Ventas** y luego en **Órden de "
|
||
"Ventas**. Luego del clic en la órden de ventas que quiere cancelar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De clic en el botón **Entregar**, en la esquina superior derecha de la órden"
|
||
" de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
|
||
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
|
||
" cancel the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, de clic en la pestaña **Info Adicional** y verá que en seguida de "
|
||
"**Referencia de Rastreo del Transportista**, hay un botón de **Cancelar**. "
|
||
"De clic en el para cancelar la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
|
||
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para asegurarse que su entrega ha sido cancelada, revise la historia, "
|
||
"recibirá la confirmación de la cancelación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Cómo puedo limitar un método de entrega a un cierto número de países?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
|
||
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con Odoo, puede tener diferentes tipos de métodos de entrega, y puede "
|
||
"limitarlos a un cierto número de países."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
|
||
"**Delivery Methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al módulo de **Inventario**, de clic en **Configuración** y luego en "
|
||
"**Métodos de Entrega**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr "Seleccione el método de entrega que quiere cambiar, o cree uno nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
|
||
"this delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña **Destino**, elija los países a los cuales quiere aplicar este"
|
||
" método de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora, que eso esta hecho. Veamos el resultado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
|
||
"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
|
||
"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si va al sitio web, y trata de comprar algo, una vez que ha ingresado sus "
|
||
"detalles y procede al pago, el sitio web le propondrá solamente los métodos "
|
||
"de entrega que aplican a su dirección de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
|
||
"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este proceso no funciona en backend. Asumimos que cuando Ud. crea una Órden "
|
||
"de Ventas, sabe que método de entega puede usar desde que Ud. los creó."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
|
||
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
|
||
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
|
||
"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in "
|
||
"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer."
|
||
" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are "
|
||
"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of "
|
||
"space in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large"
|
||
" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a "
|
||
"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your "
|
||
"product is unique, then it makes sense!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more "
|
||
"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to"
|
||
" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If "
|
||
"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold "
|
||
"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our "
|
||
"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog"
|
||
"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to "
|
||
"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a "
|
||
"product via drop-shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. "
|
||
"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist "
|
||
"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor."
|
||
" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order "
|
||
"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-"
|
||
"Shipping*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request "
|
||
"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You "
|
||
"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and "
|
||
"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination"
|
||
" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your "
|
||
"own stock when you validate the dropship document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario justo para manejar las ordenes de envió?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
|
||
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
|
||
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dependiendo de factores como el tipo de ítems que vende, el tamaño de su "
|
||
"bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje "
|
||
"las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo le permite manejar los envíos desde su bodega en 3 formas diferentes:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
|
||
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
|
||
msgstr "**Un paso (envío)**: Enviar directamente desde existencias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Dos pasos (elejir + enviar)**: Traer bienes a la ubicación de salida antes"
|
||
" del envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tres pasos (elejir + empacar + enviar)**: Hacer empaques dentro de una "
|
||
"ubicación destinada para, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
|
||
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
|
||
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
|
||
"to handle orders very quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para compañías que tienen una bodega bastante más pequeña y que no requiere "
|
||
"gran almacenamiento de ítems o no vende ítems perecederos, un paso de envío "
|
||
"es la solución más simple, ya que no requiere mucha configuración y permite "
|
||
"manejar los pedidos muy rápidamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
|
||
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
|
||
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
|
||
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
|
||
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Usar los métodos de inventario como FIFO, LIFO y FEFO requiere tener por lo "
|
||
"menos dos pasos para manejar un envío. El método de envío será determinado "
|
||
"por la estrategia de traslado, y los ítems trasladados serán luego enviados "
|
||
"al cliente. Este método también es interesante si mantiene numerosas "
|
||
"existencias y especialmente cuando los ítems que almacena son de tamaño "
|
||
"grande."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
|
||
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
|
||
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
|
||
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El sistema de tres pasos se vuelve útil en situaciones más específicas, "
|
||
"siendo el principal para manejar inventarios muy grandes. Los ítems son "
|
||
"transferidos a un área de empaque, donde serán agrupados por área de "
|
||
"destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a "
|
||
"clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
|
||
msgid "One step flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flujo de un paso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`un_paso`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Two steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flujo de dos pasos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`dos_pasos`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Three steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flujo de tres pasos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "Por favor lea la documentación en :doc:`tres_pasos`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo puedo cambiar el tipo de etiqueta?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
|
||
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con Odoo, puede elegir entre diferentes tipos de etiquetas para sus órdenes "
|
||
"de entrega. Siga los siguientes pasos y dele una etiquieta apropiada a su "
|
||
"entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
|
||
" methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y de clic en "
|
||
"**Métodos de Entrega**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr "Elija un método de entrega y de clic en **Editar**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
|
||
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de **Precios**, bajo **tipo de etiqueta de almacenamiento "
|
||
"Fedex**, puede elegir uno de los tipos disponibles. La disponibilidad "
|
||
"variará dependiendo del transportador."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
|
||
"you create a new sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez esto esta hecho, puede ver el resultado si va al módulo de Ventas y "
|
||
"crea una nueva órden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
|
||
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando confirme la venta y valide la entrega con el transportador para el "
|
||
"cual ha modificado el tipo de etiqueta, La Etiqueta aparecerá en su "
|
||
"historia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
|
||
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El tipo de etiqueta por defecto es carta de papel, y si elije el tipo de "
|
||
"etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default "
|
||
"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors "
|
||
"to the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and "
|
||
"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm "
|
||
"the *RfQ*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you "
|
||
"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the "
|
||
"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* "
|
||
"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click "
|
||
"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from "
|
||
"suppliers are considered as being always available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* "
|
||
"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took "
|
||
"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products in Packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different "
|
||
"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Proceed to a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will "
|
||
"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock "
|
||
"move lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery "
|
||
"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in "
|
||
"the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the "
|
||
"packages which were part of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Use the Put in Pack button"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It "
|
||
"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as "
|
||
"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, "
|
||
"directly via the *Packages* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo es calculada la fecha de entrega programada?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
|
||
"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
|
||
"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
|
||
"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
|
||
"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las fechas programadas son calculadas para poder planear las entregas, "
|
||
"recepciones y demás. Dependiendo de los hábitos de su compañía Odoo "
|
||
"automáticamente genera fechas programadas a través del programador. El "
|
||
"programador de Odoo calcula todo por línea, independientemente de si es una "
|
||
"órden de producción, una órden de entrega, una órden de venta, etc. Las "
|
||
"fechas que son calculadas son dependientes de los tiempos de entrega "
|
||
"configurados en Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configuring lead times"
|
||
msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
|
||
"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
|
||
"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurar **Tiempo inicial de entrega** es un primer movimiento esencial "
|
||
"para calcular las fechas programadas. El Tiempo inicial de entrega son los "
|
||
"retrasos (en términos de entrega, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus "
|
||
"diferentes socios y / o clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La configuración de los diferentes tiempos de entrega es realizada como "
|
||
"sigue:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28
|
||
msgid "At a product level"
|
||
msgstr "A nivel de un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
|
||
msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Tiempo de entrega de Proveedor**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
|
||
"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
|
||
"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
|
||
" select a supplier lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es el tiempo necesario para que el proveedor entregue su producto adquirido."
|
||
" Para configurar el tiempo de entrega del proveedor, seleccione un producto "
|
||
"y vaya a la pestaña **Inventario**. Usted tendrá que añadir un **Proveedor**"
|
||
" a su producto para poder seleccionar un plazo de entrega de proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
|
||
"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No olvide que es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y así diferentes "
|
||
"tiempos de entrega dependiendo del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
|
||
"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
|
||
" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez el proveedor es seleccionado, solo abra su formulario y llene su "
|
||
"**Tiempo de Entrega**. En este caso los días de seguridad no tienen "
|
||
"influencia, los días de entrega programados serán iguales a: **Fecha** de la"
|
||
" órden de compra + **Tiempo de Entrega**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Tiempo de ventaja de Cliente**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
|
||
"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
|
||
"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
|
||
"time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El tiempo de ventaja del cliente es el tiempo necesario para obtener su "
|
||
"producto desde la tienda / bodega a su cliente. Puede ser configurado para "
|
||
"cualquier producto. Simplemente seleccione un producto, vaya a la pestaña de"
|
||
" ventas e indique su **Tiempo de ventaja de cliente**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Producir tiempo de ventaja**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
|
||
" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la misma página es posible también configurar el **Tiempo de Ventaja de "
|
||
"Producción**. El tiempo de ventaja de Producción es el tiempo necesario para"
|
||
" fabricar el producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
|
||
"create manufacturing routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No olvide marcar la casilla producción en inventario si quiere crear rutas "
|
||
"de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74
|
||
msgid "At the company level"
|
||
msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
|
||
"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
|
||
"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
|
||
"of delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el nivel de la compañía, es posible configurar **días de seguridad** para"
|
||
" hacer frente a eventuales retrasos y asegurarse de cumplir sus compromisos."
|
||
" La idea es sustraer días **respaldo** desde **fecha programada calculada** "
|
||
"en caso de retrasos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
|
||
msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Ventas**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
|
||
" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
|
||
"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
|
||
"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
|
||
"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
|
||
"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
|
||
"keep your commitment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los días de seguridad en Ventas son los días de **respaldo** para asegurar "
|
||
"que podrá entregar encargos a sus clientes en tiempos. Estos son márgenes de"
|
||
" error para tiempos de ventaja de entrega. Los días de seguridad tienen la "
|
||
"misma lógica de los primeros relojes de pulsera, para poder llegar a tiempo."
|
||
" La idea es sustraer los números de los días de seguridad desde la "
|
||
"calculación y así calcular un fecha programada anterior que la que prometió "
|
||
"a su cliente. De esa manera puede estar seguro que puede mantener su "
|
||
"compromiso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
|
||
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
|
||
"of safety days."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez el menú esta abierto, vaya a la pestaña de configuración e indique "
|
||
"el número de días de seguridad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Compras**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los días de compra siguen la misma lógica de los días de seguridad en "
|
||
"ventas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
|
||
"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
|
||
"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
|
||
"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Eston son márgenes de error de los plazos de ventaja de proveedores. Cuando "
|
||
"el sistema genera órdenes de compra para la adquisición de productos, estas "
|
||
"serán programadas esos días antes para hacer frente a retrasos inesperados "
|
||
"de proveedores. La compra de tiempo de espera se puede encontrar en el mismo"
|
||
" menú de los días de seguridad ventas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Note que también puede configurar un tiempo de ventaja de Producción desde "
|
||
"aquí."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134
|
||
msgid "At route level"
|
||
msgstr "En nivel de ruta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
|
||
" can also influence the computed date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las transferencias internas que un producto pueda tiener debido al "
|
||
"movimiento de existencias también pueden influir en la fecha calculada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
|
||
"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los retrasos debido a las transferencias internas pueden ser específicados "
|
||
"en la aplicación de **Inventario** creando una nueva regla de impulso en una"
|
||
" ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la sección de impulso de reglas de un formulario de ruta para "
|
||
"configurar un retraso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid "At sale order level:"
|
||
msgstr "En nivel de órden de venta:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid "**Requested date**:"
|
||
msgstr "**Fecha solicitada**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
|
||
"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
|
||
" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
|
||
" display a warning."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo ofrece la posibilidad de indicar una fecha solicitada por el cliente "
|
||
"indicando la fecha en la pestaña otra información de la órden de venta. Si "
|
||
"esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará "
|
||
"automáticamente una advertencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173
|
||
msgid "Example"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
|
||
"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
|
||
" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
|
||
"on your configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A modo de ejemplo, puede vender un coche hoy (1 de Enero), que se compra en "
|
||
"la orden, y que prometen entregar a su cliente dentro de los 20 días (20 de "
|
||
"Enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes "
|
||
"eventos, en base a su configuración:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
|
||
msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de "
|
||
"compra)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
|
||
"lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de "
|
||
"espera en la entrega del proveedor)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
|
||
"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enero 8: ejecutar una solicitud de compra a su equipo de compras, ya que el "
|
||
"equipo necesita un promedio de 2 días para encontrar el proveedor adecuado y"
|
||
" la órden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
|
||
"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
|
||
"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods "
|
||
"receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
|
||
" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can "
|
||
"allow having 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
|
||
" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality "
|
||
"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of "
|
||
"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity "
|
||
"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Multi-Step Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas multietapa"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, "
|
||
"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we "
|
||
"will chain the picking to the shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By "
|
||
"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage "
|
||
"Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use "
|
||
"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send "
|
||
"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, "
|
||
"*Output* and *Packing Zone*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to "
|
||
"rename. Change its name and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
|
||
msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. "
|
||
"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status,"
|
||
" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become "
|
||
"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the "
|
||
"inventory app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically "
|
||
"reserved and you can validate the picking document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been "
|
||
"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly "
|
||
"validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be "
|
||
"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer "
|
||
"the products to the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the "
|
||
"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow "
|
||
"you to have 2 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then "
|
||
"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step "
|
||
"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which "
|
||
"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods "
|
||
"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. "
|
||
"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with"
|
||
" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is "
|
||
"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to "
|
||
"your purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking "
|
||
"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another"
|
||
" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the "
|
||
"products to *Stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Process the picking and the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while "
|
||
"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been "
|
||
"marked as *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it "
|
||
"through the inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received "
|
||
"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is "
|
||
"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them "
|
||
"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||
msgstr "Envíos a recibir"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Cómo elegir el flujo de inventario apropiado para manejar las recibos?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
|
||
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
|
||
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dependiendo de factores como el tipo de ítems que vende, el tamaño de su "
|
||
"bodega, el número de órdenes que registra cada día... la manera como maneje "
|
||
"las entregas a sus clientes puede variar mucho."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo te permite el manejo de recepciones desde tu almacén en 3 diferentes "
|
||
"formas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
|
||
msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recepción de bienes directamente en almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
|
||
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
|
||
msgstr "**Paso dos**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, después ir a almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
|
||
"before being admitted in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paso tres**: Descargar en el lugar de entrada, ir a través del control de "
|
||
"calidad antes de ser admitido en almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
|
||
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
|
||
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
|
||
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo utiliza **rutas** para definir exactamente como podrá manejar los "
|
||
"diferentes pasos de recibo. La configuración esta hecha a nivel de bodega. "
|
||
"Por estándar, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la "
|
||
"configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
|
||
msgid "The principles are the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Los principios son los siguientes: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
|
||
msgstr "**Paso uno**: Recibes los bienes directamente en tu almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
|
||
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paso dos**. Recibes los bienes en el área de entrada luego son "
|
||
"transferidos desde el área de entrada a tu almacén. Mientras los bienes no "
|
||
"sean transferidos en tu almacén, ellos no estarán disponibles para mas "
|
||
"procedimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
|
||
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
|
||
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
|
||
" goods receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paso tres**. En muchas compañías, es necesario para evaluar el bien "
|
||
"recibido. La meta es verificar que los productos correspondan a los "
|
||
"requerimientos de calidad aceptados con los proveedores. Agregar un paso de "
|
||
"control de calidad en el proceso de recibir producto puede llegar a ser "
|
||
"esencial. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
|
||
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
|
||
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
|
||
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
|
||
"return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ud. recibe los bienes en un área de entrada, luego los transfiere a un área "
|
||
"de calidad para el control de calidad. Cuando su proceso de calidad termina "
|
||
"puede mover los bienes desde Control de Calidad a existencias. Por supuesto,"
|
||
" puede cambiar la cantidad y solamente transferir a Existencias la cantidad "
|
||
"que es válida y decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en "
|
||
"buen estado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
|
||
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Numeros de Lote/Serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre lotes y números de serie?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introducción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los números de lote y de serie tiene similitudes en su sistema "
|
||
"funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos son administrados "
|
||
"dentro del **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **Lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y "
|
||
"almacenó juntos en un solo paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son números de identificación dados a un producto "
|
||
"en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un ítem desde la "
|
||
"recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuando usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **Lotes** son interesantes para productos que se reciben en gran "
|
||
"cantidad y para los cuales un número de lote puede ayudar en los reportes, "
|
||
"controles de calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes le ayudarán a "
|
||
"identificar un número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo un fallo de producción."
|
||
" También puede ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son interesantes para ítems que podrían requerir "
|
||
"servicio post-venta, como celulares, laptops, neveras, y cualquier "
|
||
"dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de serial del fabricante o"
|
||
" el propio, dependiendo de la forma como administra estos productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuando no usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Almacenar productos consumibles como papel de cocina, papel higiénico, "
|
||
"lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay "
|
||
"pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, darle un número de serial a cada producto es una tarea de "
|
||
"consumo de tiempo que tendrá propósito solo en el caso de los ítems que "
|
||
"tienen una garantía y/o servicio de post-venta. Ponerle un número de serial "
|
||
"al pan, por ejemplo, no tiene ningún sentido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks "
|
||
"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even"
|
||
" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Aplicación de configuración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial"
|
||
" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory "
|
||
"tab* of the product form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start "
|
||
"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the "
|
||
"lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become "
|
||
"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial "
|
||
"number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated "
|
||
"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the "
|
||
"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do "
|
||
"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you "
|
||
"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that "
|
||
"exceeded their alert date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La administración de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad "
|
||
"muy avanzada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de operación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Administrar Números de Serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones varias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email"
|
||
" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is "
|
||
"company-specific."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. "
|
||
"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow "
|
||
"next to its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Send email at delivery validation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a "
|
||
"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and"
|
||
" do the same for the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will "
|
||
"be included in the standard email template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having"
|
||
" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
|
||
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure "
|
||
"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to "
|
||
"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through "
|
||
"advanced settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in "
|
||
"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
|
||
msgstr "Recepción de Inventario en Consignación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. "
|
||
"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has "
|
||
"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still "
|
||
"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Scrap Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
|
||
"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this "
|
||
"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or"
|
||
" stored, you have to scrap them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
|
||
"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap "
|
||
"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
|
||
" basic material content, recoverable through recycling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap "
|
||
"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the "
|
||
"*Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your "
|
||
"scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, "
|
||
"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a "
|
||
"virtual location will be created for scrapped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Different ways to scrap products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a "
|
||
"delivery order, and from an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Scrap from receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered "
|
||
"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do "
|
||
"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Scrap from delivery order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the "
|
||
"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be "
|
||
"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the "
|
||
"button on the top right corner of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the "
|
||
"scrap button that is on the top left of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by "
|
||
"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, "
|
||
"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from "
|
||
"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual "
|
||
"scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if"
|
||
" necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. "
|
||
"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In "
|
||
"multi-company, this feature is company-specific."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify"
|
||
" it by clicking on the arrow on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner"
|
||
" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number "
|
||
"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will "
|
||
"be included in the SMS template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planificación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, "
|
||
"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates "
|
||
"scheduled dates via the scheduler."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, "
|
||
"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled "
|
||
"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, "
|
||
"etc.) to your partners and/or clients."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25
|
||
msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different "
|
||
"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your "
|
||
"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the "
|
||
"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this "
|
||
"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + "
|
||
"Delivery Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, "
|
||
"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your "
|
||
"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product "
|
||
"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead "
|
||
"time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the "
|
||
"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to "
|
||
"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
|
||
"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of "
|
||
"delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for "
|
||
"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Security lead time for sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will "
|
||
"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for "
|
||
"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early "
|
||
"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation "
|
||
"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to "
|
||
"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Security lead time for purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that "
|
||
"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead "
|
||
"times, not for sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will "
|
||
"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected "
|
||
"manufacturing days."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence"
|
||
" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in"
|
||
" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate "
|
||
"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149
|
||
msgid "At the sale order level"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Expected date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option "
|
||
"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the "
|
||
"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed "
|
||
"based on the different lead times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than"
|
||
" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a "
|
||
"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to "
|
||
"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the"
|
||
" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety "
|
||
"Days);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase "
|
||
"days);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of "
|
||
"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they "
|
||
"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a scheduler?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes "
|
||
"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules "
|
||
"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
|
||
msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
|
||
"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or "
|
||
"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into "
|
||
"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be"
|
||
" started first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, "
|
||
"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
|
||
msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant "
|
||
"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the"
|
||
" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> "
|
||
"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, "
|
||
"you can set the starting time of the scheduler."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
|
||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||
"delivery strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminología"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
|
||
msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
|
||
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
|
||
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
|
||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
|
||
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "Orden bajo pedido"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
|
||
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
|
||
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
|
||
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
|
||
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
|
||
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||
"values for a given product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
|
||
"multiple\" fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
|
||
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
|
||
"other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Choice between the two options"
|
||
msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
|
||
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
|
||
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
|
||
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de"
|
||
" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad"
|
||
" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar "
|
||
"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas "
|
||
"bajo pedido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you "
|
||
"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products "
|
||
"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para"
|
||
" un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then "
|
||
"*Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`."
|
||
" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we"
|
||
" will use for the Egg product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert "
|
||
"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same "
|
||
"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure "
|
||
"for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, "
|
||
"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of "
|
||
"measure, and click on *Edit*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in "
|
||
"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal "
|
||
"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which"
|
||
" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of "
|
||
"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually "
|
||
"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to"
|
||
" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been "
|
||
"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Reposición"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, "
|
||
"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to "
|
||
"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically "
|
||
"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the "
|
||
"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done "
|
||
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
|
||
"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run "
|
||
"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase "
|
||
"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Paquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can "
|
||
"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows "
|
||
"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done"
|
||
" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do "
|
||
"this for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "Empaquetado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you "
|
||
"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice "
|
||
"and the power plug."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They "
|
||
"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning "
|
||
"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the"
|
||
" packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
|
||
msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically "
|
||
"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how"
|
||
" they are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount "
|
||
"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to"
|
||
" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum "
|
||
"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed "
|
||
"quantity to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or "
|
||
"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product "
|
||
"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will"
|
||
" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Reordering Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas de abastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, "
|
||
"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in "
|
||
"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to"
|
||
" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the "
|
||
"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity "
|
||
"will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to "
|
||
"receive the products or to order them to the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be "
|
||
"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a "
|
||
"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure "
|
||
"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the "
|
||
"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route "
|
||
"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A "
|
||
"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in "
|
||
"any other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can "
|
||
"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*"
|
||
" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make "
|
||
"sure you have a *BoM* for this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate"
|
||
" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will "
|
||
"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following "
|
||
"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the "
|
||
"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your "
|
||
"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected,"
|
||
" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in "
|
||
"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. "
|
||
"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from"
|
||
" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in"
|
||
" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is "
|
||
"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from "
|
||
"Second warehouse\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de Valoración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing "
|
||
"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting "
|
||
"application to be installed)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the "
|
||
"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be "
|
||
"recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick "
|
||
"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I "
|
||
"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now "
|
||
"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to "
|
||
"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed"
|
||
" cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by "
|
||
"clicking on the journal entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly "
|
||
"create the landed cost from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very "
|
||
"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of "
|
||
"a company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
|
||
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or "
|
||
"automatically)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three "
|
||
"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||
msgstr "Precio estándar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
|
||
msgid "Operation"
|
||
msgstr "Operación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Unit Cost"
|
||
msgstr "Coste unitario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Qty On Hand"
|
||
msgstr "Cantidad Disponible"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid "Delta Value"
|
||
msgstr "Valor Delta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Inventory Value"
|
||
msgstr "Valor del inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
|
||
msgid "€10"
|
||
msgstr "€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
|
||
msgid "0"
|
||
msgstr "0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
|
||
msgid "€0"
|
||
msgstr "€0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
|
||
msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
|
||
msgid "8"
|
||
msgstr "8"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
|
||
msgid "+8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+8*€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
|
||
msgid "€80"
|
||
msgstr "€80"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
|
||
msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
|
||
msgid "12"
|
||
msgstr "12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
|
||
msgid "+4*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+4*€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid "€120"
|
||
msgstr "€120"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
|
||
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
|
||
msgid "2"
|
||
msgstr "2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-10*€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid "€20"
|
||
msgstr "€20"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
|
||
msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
|
||
msgid "4"
|
||
msgstr "4"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
|
||
msgid "+2*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+2*€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
|
||
msgid "€40"
|
||
msgstr "€40"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you "
|
||
"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation "
|
||
"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must"
|
||
" be reviewed periodically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Average Price"
|
||
msgstr "Precio medio"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
|
||
msgid "€12"
|
||
msgstr "€12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
|
||
msgid "+4*€16"
|
||
msgstr "+4*€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
|
||
msgid "€144"
|
||
msgstr "€144"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€12"
|
||
msgstr "-10*€12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104
|
||
msgid "€24"
|
||
msgstr "€24"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
|
||
msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
|
||
msgid "€9"
|
||
msgstr "€9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
|
||
msgid "+2*€6"
|
||
msgstr "+2*€6"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid "€36"
|
||
msgstr "€36"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value "
|
||
"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the "
|
||
"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "El costo promedio no cambia cuando los productos salen de la bodega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
|
||
msgid "FIFO"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
|
||
msgid "€16"
|
||
msgstr "€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-8*€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*€16"
|
||
msgstr "-2*€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
|
||
msgid "€32"
|
||
msgstr "€32"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
|
||
msgid "€11"
|
||
msgstr "€11"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
|
||
msgid "€44"
|
||
msgstr "€44"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase "
|
||
"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule"
|
||
" that applies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the "
|
||
"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial "
|
||
"number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, "
|
||
"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting "
|
||
"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. "
|
||
"Those two methods are detailed below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your"
|
||
" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental "
|
||
"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product "
|
||
"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only "
|
||
"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In "
|
||
"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
|
||
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
|
||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open "
|
||
"your accounting settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
|
||
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
|
||
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
|
||
"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
|
||
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
|
||
"postings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo y funciona desde el primer "
|
||
"momento. Revise las siguientes operaciones y encuentre como Odoo administra "
|
||
"los registros contables."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
|
||
msgid "Continental Accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr "Factura de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
|
||
msgid "\\"
|
||
msgstr "\\"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
|
||
msgid "Debit"
|
||
msgstr "Debe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
|
||
msgid "Credit"
|
||
msgstr "Haber"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Activos: Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
msgid "50"
|
||
msgstr "50"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
|
||
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
|
||
msgstr "Activos: Impuesto Diferido de Activos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
|
||
msgid "4.68"
|
||
msgstr "4.68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
|
||
msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "54.68"
|
||
msgstr "54.68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
|
||
msgid "Configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
|
||
"related product (Expense Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mercancías Adquiridas: definido en el producto o en la categoría interna "
|
||
"relacionada al producto (Campo de Cuenta de Gastos)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Impuesto Diferido de Activos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de "
|
||
"la órden de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293
|
||
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuentas por Pagar: definido en el proveedor relacionado con la factura"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid "Goods Receptions"
|
||
msgstr "Recibos de Mercancías"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
|
||
msgid "No Journal Entry"
|
||
msgstr "No Entrada de diario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Customer Invoice"
|
||
msgstr "Factura de cliente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
|
||
msgstr "Ingresos: Mercancías Vendidas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
msgid "100"
|
||
msgstr "100"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
|
||
msgstr "Pasivos: Impuestos Diferidos de Pasivos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
|
||
msgid "9"
|
||
msgstr "9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
|
||
msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "109"
|
||
msgstr "109"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
|
||
"product (Income Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ingresos: definido en el producto en la categoría interna del producto "
|
||
"relacionado (campo de Cuenta de Ingresos)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
|
||
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Impuesto Diferido de Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de "
|
||
"la factura"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuentas por Cobrar: definido en el cliente (Cuenta de Cuentas por Cobrar)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
|
||
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La posición fiscal utilizada en la factura puede tener una regla que "
|
||
"sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por "
|
||
"otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Customer Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega a Cliente "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes de producción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
|
||
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al final del mes/año, su compañía realiza un inventario físico o solo confía"
|
||
" en el inventario en Odoo para valorizar el inventario dentro de los libros."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
|
||
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de "
|
||
"inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
msgid "X"
|
||
msgstr "X"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
|
||
msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
|
||
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada"
|
||
" y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387
|
||
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Contabilidad anglo-sajona"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
|
||
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego debe desglosar el balance de compra entre ambos, el inventario y el "
|
||
"costo de mercancías vendidas usando la siguiente fórmula:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
|
||
"inventory value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Costo de mercancías vendidas (COGS) = Valor del inventario inicial - Valor "
|
||
"del Inventario final"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
|
||
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para actualizar la valoración del inventario en sus libros, registre tal "
|
||
"entrada:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
|
||
msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de cierre)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
|
||
msgstr "Gastos: Costo de Mercancías Vendidas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
|
||
msgstr "Gastos: Mercancías Compradas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
|
||
msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de inicio)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348
|
||
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
|
||
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
|
||
"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced"
|
||
" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra "
|
||
"configuration & testing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
|
||
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399
|
||
msgid "**Configuration:**"
|
||
msgstr "**Configuración:**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuentas por Cobrar/Pagar: definido en el proveedor (pestaña de Contabilidad)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Impuesto Diferido de Activos/Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la "
|
||
"línea de la factura"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
|
||
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los "
|
||
"productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto "
|
||
"(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de "
|
||
"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la "
|
||
"categoría interna del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||
" specific product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor "
|
||
"predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gastos: aquí es donde debe configurar la cuenta \"Costo de los bienes "
|
||
"vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor "
|
||
"predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de "
|
||
"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de "
|
||
"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en"
|
||
" el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory"
|
||
" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your "
|
||
"product (more info here)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO "
|
||
"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
|
||
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory "
|
||
"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the "
|
||
"valuation stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover "
|
||
"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are "
|
||
"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
|
||
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total "
|
||
"value of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in "
|
||
"case of automated inventory valuation)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will "
|
||
"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report "
|
||
"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory "
|
||
"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By "
|
||
"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same "
|
||
"information for a past date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, una **Bodega** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual sus ítems son "
|
||
"almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre "
|
||
"bodegas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una **Ubicación**, es un espacio específico dentro de su bodega. Puede ser "
|
||
"considerado como una sububicación de su bodega, una estantería, el piso, el "
|
||
"pasillo, etc. Además, una ubicación solamente es parte de una bodega y no es"
|
||
" posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas"
|
||
" ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **Ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de"
|
||
" las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y "
|
||
"descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **Ubicaciones de Empresa** son espacios dentro de la bodega de un "
|
||
"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones "
|
||
"Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **Ubicaciones Virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales"
|
||
" los productos pueden ser colocados cuando no están físicos aún (o nunca) en"
|
||
" un inventario. Se vuelven útiles cuando quiere colocar productos pérdidos "
|
||
"fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere "
|
||
"tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, las ubicaciones son jerárquicamente estructuradas. Puede "
|
||
"estructurar sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente "
|
||
"padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones "
|
||
"de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
|
||
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
|
||
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a New Location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate"
|
||
" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to "
|
||
"create a new location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the "
|
||
"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
|
||
"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
|
||
" to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when"
|
||
" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a "
|
||
"Return Location?*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode"
|
||
" which will correspond to this location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
|
||
"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
|
||
"containing all the sublocations in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son "
|
||
"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas"
|
||
" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a New Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-"
|
||
"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be "
|
||
"automatically activated at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a "
|
||
"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the "
|
||
"different warehouse documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-"
|
||
"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one"
|
||
" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit "
|
||
"it afterward."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*"
|
||
" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due "
|
||
"to the creation of a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Información general del Proceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in "
|
||
"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click "
|
||
"the Create button and enter the name of your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this"
|
||
" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted "
|
||
"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but"
|
||
" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to "
|
||
"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is "
|
||
"described in the following print screens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be "
|
||
"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities."
|
||
" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will "
|
||
"go out of your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately "
|
||
"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the "
|
||
"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding "
|
||
"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, "
|
||
"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product "
|
||
"forecasts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark"
|
||
" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly "
|
||
"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the "
|
||
"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set your Initial Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product "
|
||
"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an "
|
||
"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You "
|
||
"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` and create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then "
|
||
"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products "
|
||
"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to "
|
||
"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the"
|
||
" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with "
|
||
"your other products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an "
|
||
"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units "
|
||
"added to the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between"
|
||
" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the "
|
||
"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the "
|
||
"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and "
|
||
"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this "
|
||
"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of "
|
||
"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as "
|
||
"been updated taking your modification into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the "
|
||
"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different "
|
||
"variants into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the "
|
||
"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning "
|
||
"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means "
|
||
"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main "
|
||
"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive Products in Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter"
|
||
" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is "
|
||
"described in the following print screens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different "
|
||
"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the "
|
||
"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately "
|
||
"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the "
|
||
"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding "
|
||
"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, "
|
||
"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product "
|
||
"forecasts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly "
|
||
"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find "
|
||
"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas Avanzadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Conceptos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo realizar transferencias inter-bodegas?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
|
||
"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
|
||
"application in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si es propietario de diferentes bodegas podría requerir la transferencia de "
|
||
"mercancía desde una bodega a la otra. Esto es muy fácil gracias a la "
|
||
"aplicación de inventario en Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
|
||
"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
|
||
"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero que todo debe seleccionar la opción multi ubicaciones. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en la **aplicación Inventario**. "
|
||
"Luego marque la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**. Por "
|
||
"favor no olvide **aplicar** sus cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
|
||
"and routes in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta opción también debe marcarse si desea administrar diferentes "
|
||
"ubicaciones y rutas en su bodega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una nueva bodega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
|
||
"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente paso es crear su nueva bodega. En la aplicación de Inventario "
|
||
"de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> "
|
||
"Bodegas`. Ahora puede crear su bodega dando clic en **Crear**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
|
||
"characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Llene un **Nombre de Bodega** y un **Nombre Corto**. El nombre corto es de 5"
|
||
" caracteres máximo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
|
||
"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
|
||
" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
|
||
"been generated for your new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si regresa al tablero, nuevas operaciones se han generado automáticamente "
|
||
"para su nueva bodega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
|
||
"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
|
||
" you can skip this step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si crea una nueva bodega, puede ser que Ud. ya dispone de un inventario "
|
||
"físico en ella. En ese caso debe crear un inventario en Odoo, si no puede "
|
||
"saltarse este paso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
|
||
"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
|
||
"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
|
||
"select the right warehouse and location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la aplicación de inventario, seleccione :menuselection:`Control de "
|
||
"Inventario --> Ajuste de Inventario`. Luego puede crear un nuevo inventario "
|
||
"dando clic en **Crear**. Llene la **Referencia de Inventario**, **Fecha** y "
|
||
"asegúrese de seleccionar la bodega y ubicación correctas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
|
||
" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
|
||
"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
|
||
"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
|
||
"orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, de clic en **Empezar Inventario**. Una nueva venta se abrirá donde "
|
||
"podrá ingresar sus productos existentes. Seleccione un ítem e indique la "
|
||
"**Cantidad Real** disponible en la bodega. La cantidad teórica no se puede "
|
||
"cambiar ya que representa una cantidad calculada desde compras y órdenes de "
|
||
"venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
|
||
"all yours product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No olvide validar su inventario una vez haya registrado el estado de todos "
|
||
"sus productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una transferencia interna"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
|
||
" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
|
||
"proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El paso final es crear su transferencia interna. Si quiere transferir 2 "
|
||
"unidades de un producto desde su primera bodega a otra en Bruselas, proceda "
|
||
"como sigue:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
|
||
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de una de las dos "
|
||
"bodegas. Para hacerlo, de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Transferir`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
|
||
"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
|
||
"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una nueva ventana se abrirá donde podrá seleccionar la zona de ubicación de "
|
||
"origen (en este caso nuestra \"bodega anterior\") y la zona de ubicación de "
|
||
"destino (en este caso nuestra \"nueva\" bodega ubicada en Bruselas)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
|
||
"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Agregue los productos que quiere transferir dando clic en **Agregar un "
|
||
"Ítem** y no olvide **Validar** o **Marcar como POR HACER** una vez haya "
|
||
"terminado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si selecciona **Validar**, Odoo procesará todas las cantidades a transferir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
|
||
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
|
||
"products in your source warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si selecciona **Marcar como POR HACER**, Odoo pondrá la transferencia en "
|
||
"estado de **Esperando Disponilidad**. De clic en **Reservar** para reservar "
|
||
"el monto de productos en su bodega de origen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
|
||
msgstr "También es posible manualmente transferir cada producto:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A través de su tablero, seleccione la órden de transferencia en su ubicación"
|
||
" de orígen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113
|
||
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
|
||
msgstr "Seleccione la órden de transferencia correcta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
|
||
"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
|
||
"indicate how much products you process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"3. De clic en el pequeño logo de lápiz en la esquina inferior derecha para "
|
||
"abrir la ventana de detalle de operaciones. En esta nueva ventana puede "
|
||
"manualmente indicar cuantos productos procesa"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
|
||
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
|
||
"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
|
||
"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si decide procesar la órden de transferencia parcialmente (ej. parte de los "
|
||
"productos no pueden ser enviados aún debido a un evento inesperado), Odoo "
|
||
"automáticamente le preguntará si desea crear un **órden pendiente*. Cree una"
|
||
" órden pendiente si espera procesar los productos pendientes luego, no cree "
|
||
"una órden pendiente si no suministrará/recibirá los productos pendientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de adquisición?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
|
||
"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
|
||
" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
|
||
"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
|
||
"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
|
||
"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
|
||
"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
|
||
" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
|
||
"dissatisfaction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El sistema de control de adquisición de inventario empieza con una órden de "
|
||
"cliente. Con esta estrategia, las compañías solo fabrican suficiente "
|
||
"producto para satisfacer las órdenes de clientes. Una ventaja del sistema es"
|
||
" que no hay exceso de inventario que requiera ser almacenado, así se reducen"
|
||
" los niveles de inventario y el costo de transporte y almacenaje de "
|
||
"mercancía. Sin embargo, una ventaja mayor al sistema de arranque es que es "
|
||
"posible de ejecutar dentro de órdenes dilema, como un proveedor que no puede"
|
||
" obtener un envío a tiempo. Esto le deja a la compañía imposibilitada de "
|
||
"completar la órden y contribuye a la insatisfacción del cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
|
||
" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
|
||
"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
|
||
"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
|
||
"of storing goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un sistema de control de inventario de arranque es la "
|
||
"fabricación por pedido. El objetivo es mantener los niveles de inventario al"
|
||
" mínimo solo teniendo suficiente inventario, no más no menos, para cubrir la"
|
||
" demanda del cliente. El sistema MTO elimina el desecho reduciendo el monto "
|
||
"de espacio de almacenamiento requerido para inventario y los costos de "
|
||
"almacenamiento de mercancías."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
|
||
"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
|
||
"using rules\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de "
|
||
"Inventario>Configuración>Ajustes y marque \"Ruteado avanzado de productos "
|
||
"usando reglas\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Procurement rules settings"
|
||
msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de adquisición"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
|
||
msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
|
||
msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
|
||
"possible :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Move from another location rules"
|
||
msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
|
||
"manufacturing rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación de Producción debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de "
|
||
"producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación de Compras debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de "
|
||
"**compra**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
|
||
"defined."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de adquisición ya "
|
||
"definidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
|
||
msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`regla_de_arranque`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
|
||
msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`entre_bodega`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a push rule?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de arranque?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
|
||
" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
|
||
"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
|
||
"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
|
||
"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
|
||
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
|
||
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
|
||
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
|
||
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
|
||
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
|
||
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
|
||
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
|
||
" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
|
||
"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
|
||
"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
|
||
"be triggered automatically or manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un flujo de arranque indica como las ubicaciones son enlazadas con otras. "
|
||
"Tan pronto como una cantidad dada de productos es trasladada en la ubicación"
|
||
" de origen, automáticamente es proyectado un movimiento encadenado de "
|
||
"acuerdo a los parámetros configurados en la especificación de flujo "
|
||
"(ubicación de destino, retraso, tipo de movimiento, diario). Puede ser "
|
||
"impulsado automáticamente o manualmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
|
||
" rules**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas de arranque son parte de las rutas. Vaya al menú "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque **Ruteado"
|
||
" avanzado de productos usando reglas**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Push rules settings"
|
||
msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de impulso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas de impulso están configuradas en las rutas. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Rutas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
|
||
msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
|
||
msgstr "En la sección de reglas de impulso, de clic en **Agregar un ítem**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
|
||
"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
|
||
"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
|
||
"quality control location move to the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. En este ejemplo, cuando "
|
||
"la mercancía esta en **ubicación de entrada**, este requiere ser movido a "
|
||
"control de calidad. En los recibos de 3 pasos, otra regla de impulso hará "
|
||
"que la mercancía que esta en la ubicación de control de calidad se traslade "
|
||
"a existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de impulso ya "
|
||
"definidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Stock transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias de Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
|
||
" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
|
||
"waiting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La regla de impulso accionará la transferencia de inventario. De acuerdo a "
|
||
"la configuración de la regla en su ruta, verá que algunas transferencias "
|
||
"podrían estar listas y otras en espera."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
|
||
"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La regla de impulso que fue configurada antes creará movimientos desde la "
|
||
"ubicación **WH/Entrada** a la ubicación **WH/Control de Calidad**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
|
||
"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
|
||
" the main stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, otro movimiento esta en espera de acuerdo con la segunda "
|
||
"regla de impulso, la cual define cuando esta listo el control de calidad, la"
|
||
" mercancía será movida al inventario principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
|
||
msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`adquisición_regla`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
|
||
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
|
||
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
|
||
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
|
||
" those virtual warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
|
||
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
|
||
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
|
||
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
|
||
"create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
|
||
"because you will need it later in the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
|
||
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
|
||
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
|
||
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
|
||
" A+B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
|
||
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
|
||
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
|
||
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
|
||
" A and one in warehouse B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to use routes?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo usar las reglas?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
|
||
" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una ruta es una recopilación de reglas de adquisición y reglas de impulso. "
|
||
"Odoo puede administrar configuraciones avanzadas de rutas de "
|
||
"impulso/arranque, por ejemplo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product"
|
||
msgstr "Gestiona ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Defina rutas dentro de su bodega de acuerdo a las necesidades del negocio, "
|
||
"como control de calidad, servicios post-venta o devoluciones de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres, generando movimientos automáticos de "
|
||
"devolución de productos alquilados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
|
||
"routing of products using rules**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de "
|
||
"**Inventario**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque "
|
||
"\"Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas pre-configuradas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo tiene algunas rutas pre-configuradas para sus bodegas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de Inventario, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Bodegas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
|
||
"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de **Configuración de Bodega**, las opciones **Embarques "
|
||
"Llegando** y **Envíos Saliendo** configuran algunas rutas de acuerdo a sus "
|
||
"elecciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas personalizadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->"
|
||
" Rutas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
|
||
"can combine several choices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, debe seleccionar los lugares donde esta ruta puede ser "
|
||
"seleccionada. Puede combinar varias elecciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en bodegas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
|
||
" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
|
||
"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si marca **Bodegas**, debe elegir en cual bodega será aplicada. La ruta será"
|
||
" configurada para todas las transferencias en esa bodega que apliquen a las "
|
||
"condiciones de las reglas de adquisición e impulso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on products"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
|
||
"be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si marca **Productos**, debe configurar manualmente en cual producto será "
|
||
"aplicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
|
||
" select the route(s):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Inventario --> Control --> Productos`). En la pestaña de "
|
||
"Inventario, seleccione la(s) ruta(s):"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en Categorías de Productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
|
||
"categories it will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si marca **Categorías de Productos**, deberá configurar manualmente en que "
|
||
"categorías será aplicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
|
||
" under the **Logistics** section :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas "
|
||
"(:menuselection:`Configuración --> --> Categorías de Productos`). Seleccione"
|
||
" la(s) ruta(s) bajo la sección **Logística**:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en líneas de Órden de Ventas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
|
||
"time you make a sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si marca **Líneas de órden de ventas**, debe configurar manualmente la ruta "
|
||
"cada vez que realice una órden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
|
||
" the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para hacerlo funcionar, también debe activar el uso de las rutas en las "
|
||
"órdenes de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de Ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y marque **Elegir rutas específicas en líneas de órden de venta "
|
||
"(avanzado)**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
|
||
msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede elegir las rutas para cada línea de sus órdenes de venta:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Procurement and push rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas de adquisición e impulso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
|
||
msgstr "Por favor refiérase a los documentos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Procurement configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de adquisiciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
|
||
"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
|
||
"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
|
||
"**Preferred Routes**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando realice una requisición de adquisición, puede forzar la ruta que "
|
||
"desee usar. En el producto (:menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> "
|
||
"Productos`), de clic en **Requerimiento de Adquisición**. Elija la ruta que "
|
||
"desee usar a continuación en **Rutas Preferidas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
|
||
msgstr "Ruta Órden Bajo Pedido"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
|
||
"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
|
||
"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja sin inventario, o con reglas de inventario mínimo, es mejor usar "
|
||
"la ruta **Fabricar bajo Pedido**. Combinela con la ruta **Comprar** o "
|
||
"**Fabricar** y automáticamente accionará la órden de compra o la Órden de "
|
||
"Producción cuando sus productos estén agotados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Estrategias de Remoción y Traslado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of"
|
||
" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into "
|
||
"the most appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* "
|
||
"will be automatically activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have"
|
||
" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-"
|
||
"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. "
|
||
"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main "
|
||
"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped "
|
||
"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, "
|
||
"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory "
|
||
"Report*, under the reporting menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
|
||
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las estrategias de remoción son usuales en operaciones de selección para "
|
||
"escoger los mejores productos y así optimizar la distancia para el "
|
||
"trabajador, con propósitos de control de calidad o debido a la razón de "
|
||
"caducidad de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
|
||
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
|
||
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
|
||
"on the **location**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se requiere del movimiento de un producto, Odoo encontrará productos "
|
||
"disponibles que pueden ser asignados al envío. La forma en la que Odoo "
|
||
"asigna estos productos depende de la **estrategia de remoción** definida en "
|
||
"la **categoría del producto** o en la **ubicación**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->"
|
||
" Ajustes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
|
||
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
|
||
"**Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Marque **Rastrear lotes o números de serio**, **Administrar varias "
|
||
"ubicaciones por bodega** y **Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas**, "
|
||
"luego de clic en **Aplicar**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
|
||
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y abra la "
|
||
"ubicación en la cual desea aplicar una estrategia de remoción. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de estrategias de remoción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO ( Primeras en Entrar Primeras en Salir )"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
|
||
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
|
||
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
|
||
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una estrategia **Primeras en Entrar Primeras en Salir** implica que los "
|
||
"productos que fueron almacenados primero se moverán primero. Las compañías "
|
||
"deben usar el método FIFO si estan vendiendo mercancías perecederas. Las "
|
||
"compañías que venden productos con relativamente breves ciclos de demanda, "
|
||
"como ropa, deberán elegir FIFO para asegurar que no estan bloqueadas con "
|
||
"estilos desactualizados en inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
|
||
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra "
|
||
"la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **FIFO**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Tomemos un ejemplo de una estrategia de remoción FIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
|
||
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la ubicación del inventario en su bodega (``WH/Existencias``), hay ``3`` "
|
||
"lotes de `iPod 32 Gb`` disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede encontrar detalles del inventario disponible en el reporte de "
|
||
"valoración de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cree una órden de venta de ``25`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb`` y confirmela."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
|
||
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son "
|
||
"asignados con los **mayores** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción FIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "LIFO (Últimas en Entrar Primeras en Salir)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
|
||
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
|
||
"shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En esta administración de bodega, los productos que son comprados de último,"
|
||
" se mueven primero. El LIFO es usado para el caso de productos que no tienen"
|
||
" caducidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
|
||
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra "
|
||
"la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **LIFO**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
|
||
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En nuestro ejemplo, veamos el inventario disponible actual de ``Ipod 32 Gb``"
|
||
" en la ubicación ``WH/Existencias``."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
|
||
msgstr "Cree una órden de venta de ``10`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb``."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
|
||
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son "
|
||
"asignados con los **últimos** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción LIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
|
||
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
|
||
msgstr "FEFO ( Primeras en Expirar Primeras en Salir )"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
|
||
" according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la administración de bodega FEFO, los productos son despachados desde la "
|
||
"ubicación en bodega de acuerdo a su fecha de caducidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
|
||
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
|
||
" to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Verifique "
|
||
"la opción **Definir fecha de expiración en números de serie**. Luego de clic"
|
||
" en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
|
||
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
|
||
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
|
||
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
|
||
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
|
||
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
|
||
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
|
||
"goods with this serial/lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
|
||
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
|
||
"removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
|
||
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
|
||
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
|
||
"lots pass their **alert date**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
|
||
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
|
||
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
|
||
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
|
||
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
|
||
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
|
||
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
|
||
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
|
||
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
|
||
"after the lot has been created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
|
||
"expiration date fields as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
|
||
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar la estrategia de remoción en la ubicación, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y elija FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
|
||
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
|
||
"expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tomemos un ejemplo, hay ``3`` lotes of ``helado`` disponibles en la "
|
||
"ubicación ``WH/Existencias``: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` con "
|
||
"diferentes fechas de expiración."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "**Lote / Serie No**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Producto**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Fecha de Expiración**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid "LOT0001"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Ice Cream"
|
||
msgstr "Helado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid "08/20/2015"
|
||
msgstr "08/20/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
msgid "LOT0002"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
|
||
msgid "08/10/2015"
|
||
msgstr "08/10/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "LOT0003"
|
||
msgstr "LOT0003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
|
||
msgid "08/15/2015"
|
||
msgstr "08/15/2015"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr "Creemos una órden de venta de ``15kg`` de ``helado`` y confirmemola."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
|
||
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El envío de salida relacionado con la órden de venta hará el movimiento "
|
||
"basado en la estrategia de remoción **FEFO**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
|
||
" the removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta tomará ``10kg`` desde ``LOT0002`` y ``5kg`` desde ``LOT0003`` basada en"
|
||
" las fechas de remoción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones de Envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío a un transportista?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede administrar varios métodos de entrega, incluyendo terceros "
|
||
"transportistas. Odoo será vinculado con el sistema de rastreo de la compañía"
|
||
" de transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de transporte, los precios reales "
|
||
"y el destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede fácilmente cancelar la requisición hecha al sistema de "
|
||
"transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar un requerimiento de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la órden de entrega no es **Validada**, luego la requisición no se ha "
|
||
"hecho. Puede elegir cancelar la entrega o cambiar el transportador."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ha dado clic en **Validar**, la requisición se ha hecho y debió recibir "
|
||
"el número de rastreo y la etiqueta. Todavía puede cancelar la requisición. "
|
||
"Simplemente de clic en el botón **Cancelar** al lado de la **Ref de "
|
||
"Seguimiento del Transportador**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora verá que el envío ha sido cancelado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo enviar un requerimiento de envío después de cancelar uno?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de cancelar la requisición de envío, puede cambiar el transportador "
|
||
"que desea usar. Confírmelo haciendo clic en el botón **Enviar al "
|
||
"transportador**. Obtendrá un número de seguimiento y una nueva etiqueta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar el costo de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay dos formas de facturar los costos de envío:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Acuerde con el cliente más de un costo y sellelo en la órden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el costo real del envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el precio de sus métodos de envío, vaya a la aplicación "
|
||
"**Inventario**, de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> "
|
||
"Métodos de Entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede manualmente configurar un precio para el envío: Puede ser fijo o "
|
||
"basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O puede usar el sistema de cálculo de la compañía de transporte. Lea el "
|
||
"documento :doc:`../configurar/tercero_transportista`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar los costos de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el precio configurado en la órden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En su órden de venta, elija el transportador que será utilizado. De clic en "
|
||
"**Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta o cuando da clic "
|
||
"en **Precio configurado**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para facturar el precio del cargo de entrega en la órden de venta, de clic "
|
||
"en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método "
|
||
"de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando crea la factura, el precio es en el orden de ventas\n"
|
||
"Todo que tiene que hacer es crear un pago paar ese empleado para el dinero retrasado.\n"
|
||
"Factura el coste de envio real\n"
|
||
"Gastos sobre cuales no ya facturas de nuevo a clientes\n"
|
||
"El precio es introducido en el ordinador cuando hace clic en 'save' el orden de venta. Confirmar el orden de venta y entregar el producto. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar los costos reales de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio es calculado cuando **guarda** la órden de venta. Confirme la "
|
||
"órden de venta y proceda a entregar el producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese a la órden de venta, el costo real ahora esta agregado en la órden "
|
||
"de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando cree la factura, tomará el precio calcuado por el transportador."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si divide la entrega y realiza varias, cada órden de entrega agregará una "
|
||
"línea a la órden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede administrar varios métodos de entrega, incluyendo terceros "
|
||
"transportistas vinculados al sistema de seguimiento de la compañía de "
|
||
"transporte. Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de transporte, los "
|
||
"precios reales y el destino. Y finalmente, podrá imprimir las etiquetas de "
|
||
"despacho directamente desde Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo de conector de empresa transportista"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte "
|
||
"que desea integrar :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar sus métodos de entrega, vaya a la aplicación **Inventario**,"
|
||
" de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de Entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega para los transportadores elegidos han sido creados "
|
||
"automáticamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de **Precios**, el nombre del proveedor significa que la "
|
||
"entrega será manejada y calculada por el sistema del transportador."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera esta vinculada a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollo, "
|
||
"contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web "
|
||
"del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La segunda columna varia de acuerdo al **proveedor**. Puede elegir el tipo "
|
||
"de empaque, el tipo de servicio, el peso de la unidad..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr "Destilde **Modo Testeo** cuando finalice con las pruebas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configuración de Compañía\n"
|
||
"Seleccionar cuentas de pagar\n"
|
||
"Para introducir el precio correcto el proveedor necesita su informacion de empresa. Sea seguro que la direcion y el numeor del telefono son correctos.\n"
|
||
"Usando el menu ''multiselection, Compras...>Cuentas del vendedor puede listar las debidas del vendedor. Usando los filtros avanzados, puede listar todas debidas que debe pagar o las debidas que han retrasaodo (ha retrasado el pago)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para calcular el precio correcto, el proveedor necesita la información de su"
|
||
" compañía. Asegúrese que su dirección y teléfono están codificados "
|
||
"correctamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para revisar su información, vaya a la aplicación **Ajustes** y haga clic en"
|
||
" **Ajustes Generales**. Haga clic en el primer vinculo **Configurar la "
|
||
"información de su compañía**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La compañía de transporte necesita el peso de su producto, de otra forma no "
|
||
"se puede realizar la calculación de precio. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
|
||
"Productos`. Abra los productos que desea enviar y configure un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de "
|
||
"envío desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si crea una transferencia de entrega desde el módulo de inventario, puede "
|
||
"agregar el tercero transportista en la pestaña de info adicional."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de rastreo y la(s) "
|
||
"**etiqueta(s)**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La etiqueta a adherir en su paquete esta disponible en la historia inferior "
|
||
":"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "Clic allí para abrir el documento e imprimirlo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la mayoría del tiempo, esta llevando a cabo envíos multi-empaque, habrá "
|
||
"una etiqueta por paquete. Cada etiqueta aparecerá en la historia de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar múltiples paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por defecto, Odoo considera que su entrega esta compuesta de un paquete. "
|
||
"Pero Ud. puede fácilmente enviar sus entregas con mas de un paquete. Esta "
|
||
"totalmente integrado con los terceros transportistas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el uso de paquetes, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Localice la sección **Paquetes** y marque "
|
||
"**Registrar paquetes usados en empaque: pallets, cajas,...**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en **Aplicar** cuando finalice."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en un **Método de Entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega de Multi-paquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La órden de entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de "
|
||
"envío desde allí."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr "Desde aquí, puede dividir su entrega en múltiples paquetes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Elija la cantidad que desea poner en el primer paquete en la columna "
|
||
"**Realizado**, luego de clic en el vinculo **Ponerlo en Paquete**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "Automáticamente creará un paquete con la cantidad requerida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr "Realice los mismos pasos para las otras piezas que desea empacar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en **Validar** una vez que este listo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "Múlti-paquetes con un 3ra parte-transportista"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez la órden de entrega es validada, recibirá el número de rastreo. El "
|
||
"campo **Ref. de Rastreo del transportador** será llenado automáticamente. "
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web"
|
||
" del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **etiquetas** a adherir en sus paquetes están disponibles en la historia"
|
||
" inferior :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede administrar varios métodos de entrega, pero no esta activado por "
|
||
"defecto. Los métodos de entrega pueden ser usados para sus órdenes de venta,"
|
||
" sus entregas pero también en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega le permiten administrar la compañía de transporte, el"
|
||
" precio y el destino. Incluso puede integrar Odoo con los transportadores "
|
||
"externos para calcular el precio real y los empaques."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega son manejados por el módulo **Costos de Entrega**. "
|
||
"Vaya a **Aplicaciones** y busque el módulo. Debe remover el filtro "
|
||
"**Aplicaciones** para verlo :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea integrar los métodos de entrega en su comercio electrónico, tendrá "
|
||
"que instalar el módulo de **Entrega Comercio Electrónico**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "Primero configure un nombre y una compañía de transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego tendrá que configurar el precio. Puede ser fijo o basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio es fijo, marque **Precio fijo**. Tendrá que definir el precio. "
|
||
"Si desea que la entrega sea gratuita por encima de cierto monto, marque la "
|
||
"opción **Gratis si la Órden total es más de** y configure un precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio varia de acuerdo a las reglas, marque **Basado en Reglas**. De "
|
||
"clic en **agregar un ítem en una regla de precio**. Elija una condición "
|
||
"basada ya sea en el peso, el volumen, el precio o la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalmente puede limitar el método de entrega a unos pocos destinos. El "
|
||
"límite puede ser aplicado a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos zip. "
|
||
"Esta función limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede integrar Odoo con transportistas externos para calcular el precio real"
|
||
" y empaques, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de despacho. Vea "
|
||
":doc:`tercera_parte_transportador`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el **Método de Entrega** en su órden de venta. Si desea "
|
||
"facturar el precio del cargo de entrega en la órden de venta, de clic en "
|
||
"**Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método de "
|
||
"entrega como un producto. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr "Puede agregar o cambiar el método de entrega en la entrega misma."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la entrega, revise la **Información del Transportador**. El transportador"
|
||
" es el método de entrega elegido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
|
||
"given in the demo data:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
|
||
msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
|
||
msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo intregar un tercero transportista?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede administrar varios métodos de entrega, incluyendo terceros "
|
||
"transportistas. Odoo puede ser vinculado al sistema de seguimiento de la "
|
||
"compañía de transporte. Esto le permitirá administrar la compañía de "
|
||
"transporte, los precios reales y el destino. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de Inventario, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`."
|
||
" Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte que desea "
|
||
"integrar :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega para los transportadores elegidos han sido creados "
|
||
"automáticamente. La mayoría de las veces, habrá **2** métodos de entrega "
|
||
"para el mismo proveedor: uno para despachos **internacionales** y el otro "
|
||
"para envíos **domésticos**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede crear otros métodos con el mismo proveedor con otra configuración, por"
|
||
" ejemplo el **Tipo de Empaque**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede elegir el **Nombre** del método de entrega. Este es el nombre que "
|
||
"aparecerá en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "Marque **Envío permitido** cuando este listo para usarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de precios, el nombre del proveedor bajo el **Cálculo de "
|
||
"precios** significa que el precio será calculado por el sistema del "
|
||
"transportador."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportador esta dividida en dos columnas :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera esta vinculada a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollo, "
|
||
"contraseña,...). Para más información, por favor refiérase a la página web "
|
||
"del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalmente puede limitar el método de entrega a unos pocos destinos. Puede "
|
||
"limitarlo a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos zip. Esta función "
|
||
"limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico. Es útil para "
|
||
"proveedores domésticos. Por ejemplo, USPS US solo entrega desde los Estados "
|
||
"Unidos a los Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. Abra los "
|
||
"productos que desea enviar y configure un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto es expresado en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si esta acostumbrado al sistema de medida imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el transportador en su órden de venta. De clic en "
|
||
"**Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio es calculado cuando guarda la órden de venta o cuando da clic en "
|
||
"**Precio configurado**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea facturar el precio del cargo de entrega en la órden de venta, de "
|
||
"clic en **Precio configurado**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del "
|
||
"método de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De otra manera, el precio real (calculado cuando la entrega es validada) "
|
||
"será agregado automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, por favor "
|
||
"lea el documento :doc:`../operación/facturación`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La entrega creada desde la órden de venta tomará la información de envío "
|
||
"desde allí, pero puede cambiar el transportador si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso es calculado basado en los pesos de los productos. El costo de envío"
|
||
" será calculado una vez la transferencia es validada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de rastreo. El campo **Ref. de"
|
||
" Rastreo del transportador** será llenado automáticamente. Haga clic en el "
|
||
"botón **Rastreo** para verificar su entrega en la página web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener credenciales UPS para integración con Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para usar el API Odoo UPS, necesitará:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Un usuario ID y contraseña UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "Un número de cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Una Llave de Acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
|
||
" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una Llave de Acceso es un código alfa-numérico de 16 carácteres que permite "
|
||
"el acceso al Kit Desarrollador UPS en los servidores de Desarrollo y "
|
||
"Producción API."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una Cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Note que solo los clientes localizados en USA pueden abrir una cuenta UPS en"
|
||
" línea. Si Ud. esta localizado fuera de USA, deberá contactar a Servicio al "
|
||
"Cliente de UPS para abrir una cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede leer información adicional acerca de la apertura de cuentas UPS en su "
|
||
"página web, en la página, `Cómo Abrir una Cuenta UPS En Línea "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si aún no tiene una cuenta UPS, puede crear una junto con su perfil en línea"
|
||
" siguiendo los siguientes pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Acceda al sitio web UPS.com en `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, y "
|
||
"haga clic en el vinculo **Usuario Nuevo** en la parte superior de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"2. Haga clic en el botón **Registro para MyUPS**, y siga las instrucciones "
|
||
"para el completar el proceso de registro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ya tiene una cuenta UPS, puede agregarla a su perfil en línea como sigue:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en la pestaña **My UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en el vinculo **Resumen de Cuenta**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"4. De clic en el vinculo **Agregar una Cuenta UPS Existente** en la sección "
|
||
"**Detalles de Cuenta UPS** de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. En la pantalla **Agregar una Cuenta Nueva**, ingrese en los campos el "
|
||
"**Número de Cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de Cuenta**, **Código Postal**. El país "
|
||
"por defecto es Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Obtener una Llave de Acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después que ha agregado su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, "
|
||
"puede solicitar una Llave de Acceso desde UPS usanso los siguientes pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario ID y contraseña"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una llave de acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "De clic en el botón **Solicitar Llave de Acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La **Llave de Acceso** le será otorgada en la página web, y un correo "
|
||
"electrónico con la Llave de Acceso será enviado al correo electrónico del "
|
||
"contacto principal."
|